<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Watsu</id>
	<title>Board Game Arena - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Watsu"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/Special:Contributions/Watsu"/>
	<updated>2026-10-20T18:49:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14743</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14743"/>
		<updated>2022-09-16T15:07:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances - white has 14 or 15 choices of third moves which form a pair after black&#039;s second move. Although some of them likely lose many are likely not explored much. A master level player would be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Unlike in the Pro and Long Pro opening rules, white doesn&#039;t have the ability to choose the optimal placement of the second stone for handling black&#039;s first stone, so there is no hard and fast rule regarding how near or how far away from each other white&#039;s stones can be from each other before a position changes from a sure win for white to a sure win for black. There are definitely some suboptimal second stone white placements three intersections away from the center which can result in a first player loss, given an optimal placement of a black stone in the proposal. There may even be some second white stone placements which are closer than three intersections from the center which don&#039;t create a pair with the first stone and yet are still first player losses. On the other hand, certain specific second white stone placememts may prevail against certain black stones even though they are as far away from the center as six intersections. There hasn&#039;t been sufficient study of all possible opening proposals with a white stone in the center of the board to make a general statements such as more proposals with a Long Pro opening for white lose than win for white (although that is likely to be the case) or more proposals with a Pro (or closer) opening for white win than lose for white (also likely to be true).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14742</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14742"/>
		<updated>2022-09-16T15:04:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances - white has 14 or 15 choices of third moves which form a pair after black&#039;s second move. Although some of them likely lose many are likely not explored much. A master level player would be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Unlike in the Pro and Long Pro opening rules, white doesn&#039;t have the ability to choose the optimal placement of the second stone for handling black&#039;s first stone, so there is no hard and fast rule regarding how near or how far away from each other white&#039;s stones can be from each other before a position changes from a sure win for white to a sure win for black. There are definitely some suboptimal second stone white placements three intersections away from the center which can result in a first player loss, given an optimal placement of a black stone in the proposal. There may even be some second white stone placements which are closer than three intersections from the center which don&#039;t create a pair with the first stone and yet are still first player losses. On the other hand, certain specific second white stone placememts may prevail against certain black stones even though they are as far away from the center as six intersections. There hasn&#039;t been sufficient study of all possible opening proposals with a white stone in the center of the board to make a general statement such as more proposals with a Long Pro opening for white lose than win (although that is likely to be the case) or more proposals with a Pro (or closer) opening for white win than lose for white (also likely to be true).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14741</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14741"/>
		<updated>2022-09-16T14:52:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: Added an additional tip to the swap opening proposal strategy section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances - white has 14 or 15 choices of third moves which form a pair after black&#039;s second move. Although some of them likely lose many are likely not explored much. A master level player would be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Unlike in the Pro and Long Pro opening rules, white doesn&#039;t have the ability to choose the optimal placement of the second stone for handling black&#039;s first stone, so there is no hard and fast rule regarding how near or how far away from each other white&#039;s stones can be from each other before a position changes from a sure win for white to a sure win for black. There are definitely some suboptimal second stone white placements three intersections away from the center which can result in a first player loss, given an optimal placement of a black stone in the proposal. There may even be some second white stone placements which are closer than three intersections from the center which don&#039;t create a pair with the first stone and yet are still first player losses. On the other hand, certain specific second white stone placememts may prevail against certain black stones even though they are as far away from the center as six intersections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14696</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14696"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T13:09:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances - white has 14 or 15 choices of third moves which form a pair after black&#039;s second move. Although some of them likely lose many are likely not explored much. A master level player would be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14695</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14695"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T13:08:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances - white has 14 or 15 choices of third moves which form a pair after black&#039;s second move and although some of them likely lose many are likely not explored much. A master level player would be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14692</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14692"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:56:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14691</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14691"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14690</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14690"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:13:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move (see Pro rules openings Fig. 1 for 10 example formations). In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape (see bottom right corner of Pro rules openings Fig. 1) with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pro rules openings Fig. 1 - Ten example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14689</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14689"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:08:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14688</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14688"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14687</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14687"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:05:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14686</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14686"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:04:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t1={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair. Also shown (bottom right) are the white 3 stone formations known as the L and the hat.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14685</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14685"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T10:02:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14684</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14684"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:57:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14683</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14683"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:53:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| n10={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14682</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14682"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:46:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| p14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14681</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14681"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:42:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q13={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| r12={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14680</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14680"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:39:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: Added a board showing some example 5 stone formations where white&amp;#039;s recommended third move is to create a pair&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:800px; height:800px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard19 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlight=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b18={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h17={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| a18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c19={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| q18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| t18={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| s17={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| a14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| m14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k14={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example Pro opening rules formations where the recommended third move for white is to create a pair.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14679</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14679"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:14:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin 3rd moves in these cases and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14678</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14678"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:13:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 75 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin moves and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14677</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14677"/>
		<updated>2022-09-15T09:09:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 77 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. This is not to say white can&#039;t also win by creating a pair on the third move (either with or without the same second move) in other instances. A master level player would  just be more likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone, because these are commonly accepted white surewin moves and there is little incentive for white to diverge from known winning lines unless possibly to avoid a potential novelty move by black in a live game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may well need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14673</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14673"/>
		<updated>2022-09-14T19:10:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 77 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. Otherwise, a master level player would likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone. If a pro rules opening is shifted so that an edge (or corner) of the board affects it, then the first player may need to find an alternative third move to counter black&#039;s second stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14672</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14672"/>
		<updated>2022-09-14T19:06:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Opening Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 77 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) likeliest opening positions https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15 where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. Otherwise, a master level player would likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14670</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14670"/>
		<updated>2022-09-14T19:04:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: Added a section on Pro opening rules opening strategies&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pro opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pro opening rules (often known as tournament rules or simply Pente), the first stone of the first player must be placed in the center of the board. The first stone of the second player may be placed anywhere on the board. The second stone of the first player must be placed at least three intersections away from the first stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the 77 or so (disregarding mirrored positions) [url=https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4278&amp;amp;tstart=15]likeliest opening positions[/url] where black&#039;s first stone is adjacent to the central stone, in only about 15% would a master level player be likely to choose to make a pair of adjacent stones on his/her third move. In only two or three cases would a master level player be likely to make a pair if black hadn&#039;t already made a pair first. Otherwise, a master level player would likely choose to form either an L or a hat shape with his/her third stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swap opening rules strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Talk:Tips_pente&amp;diff=14646</id>
		<title>Talk:Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Talk:Tips_pente&amp;diff=14646"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:46:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: Created page with &amp;quot;Any chance the title of this page could be changed from Tips pente to Pente tips?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Any chance the title of this page could be changed from Tips pente to Pente tips?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14645</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14645"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:34:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example, h/t to https://pente.org/gameServer/profile?viewName=pente_gon ). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14644</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14644"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:31:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku like it is in Pente.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14643</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14643"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:27:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:400px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:400px; height:400px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14642</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14642"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:25:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente (see Fig. 3 for one example). However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to B5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (D5,C4) capture by moving to E6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to B5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at B3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (D5,C4) by playing at B3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to D7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:380px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:380px; height:380px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to A4, forcing black to play to B4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (E7,F8,G9) because if black creates a four by playing to D6, the stone at B4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to C5 after white blocks the four at H10. Once black plays to B4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (E9,F8,G7) at H6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to G6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (H6,J7,K9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14641</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14641"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:16:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:380px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:380px; height:380px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to a4, forcing black to play to b4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (e7,f8,g9) because if black creates a four by playing to d6, the stone at b4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to c5 after white blocks the four at h10. Once black plays to b4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (e9,f8,g7) at h6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to g6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (h6,j7,k9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14640</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14640"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:14:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:380px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:380px; height:380px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| j11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| l9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to a4, forcing black to play to b4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (e7,f8,g9) because if black creates a four by playing to d6, the stone at b4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to c5 after white blocks the four at h10. Once black plays to b4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (e9,f8,g7) at h6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to g6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (h6,i7,k9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14639</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14639"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:11:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:380px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:380px; height:380px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| i7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| i11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to a4, forcing black to play to b4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (e7,f8,g9) because if black creates a four by playing to d6, the stone at b4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to c5 after white blocks the four at h10. Once black plays to b4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (e9,f8,g7) at h6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to g6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (h6,i7,k9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14638</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14638"/>
		<updated>2022-09-13T04:09:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:350px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 3 This is an example of a somewhat rare situation where one color of stone would win in gomoku and the other color would win in Pente due to six in a row not being a winning formation in gomoku.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:350px; height:350px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard13 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighta4=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighth6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb4=red 5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f4={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g9={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k10={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| i7={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| i11={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| k9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In gomoku, white plays to a4, forcing black to play to b4. This effectively neutralizes one of black&#039;s open three threats (e7,f8,g9) because if black creates a four by playing to d6, the stone at b4 creates a non winning six in a row for black if black plays to c5 after white blocks the four at h10. Once black plays to b4, white can safely block black&#039;s other open three threat (e9,f8,g7) at h6, which creates a winning threat for white (white plays to g6 and creates two open 3 threats after black blocks white&#039;s first open three threat (h6,i7,k9).  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14632</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14632"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T07:01:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, breaking white&#039;s open line of 4 and simultaneously opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14631</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14631"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:58:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the double keystone pair (d5,c4) by playing at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14630</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14630"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:56:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14629</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14629"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. I&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14628</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14628"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:53:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to E6 in Fig 2, we can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. For an example of how a position like this can arise in a Pente game, see https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can also be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14627</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14627"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:49:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in gomoku and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14626</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14626"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3 (see Fig. 2). Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 2 White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14625</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14625"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* General Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fig. 1 Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right (Fig. 1) is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14624</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14624"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:36:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14623</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14623"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:35:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku by playing to b5, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14622</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14622"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:32:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightb3=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd7=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14621</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14621"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:26:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighte6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to b5 (winning on the next move in gomoku), black can capture at b3, opening up 2 fours. If white protects the pair at b3 to prevent the capture, then black can play to d7 and win on the next move.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14620</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14620"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:20:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighte6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14619</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14619"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:20:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:300px; height:2&lt;br /&gt;
300px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighte6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14618</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14618"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:17:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighte6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c9={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14617</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14617"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T06:07:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;White would win in this position in gomoku, but in Pente black is able to threaten a double keystone pair (d5,c4) capture by moving to e6 and at the same time black is creating a 3. White is unable to address both threats.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlighte6=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightd5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc4=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c7={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c8={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| g5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e6={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| c2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| b5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| h5={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14616</id>
		<title>Tips pente</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.doc.boardgamearena.com/index.php?title=Tips_pente&amp;diff=14616"/>
		<updated>2022-09-12T05:35:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Watsu: /* Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the rules of pente, see &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Gamehelppente|GameHelpPente]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening proposals for Swap and Swap2 pente should consider the following principles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. White has the advantage of playing first and is therefore the first player capable of making five in a row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Stones which are all located near the center of the board generally favor white, because they allow room to expand in any direction. Stones placed strategically close to an edge or corner of the board can reduce white&#039;s first player advantage by limiting the directions in which white is able to build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If white&#039;s stones are placed too far apart from each other and black&#039;s stone(s), black can often build potentials and shapes as though s(he) were white, because white will end up with at least one stranded stone which won&#039;t affect the game. As an extreme case, consider two white stones in opposite corners of the board with one black stone in the center. White&#039;s stones are both useless for defending against black, and black is essentially the first player with two moves in the center before white can defend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If either player&#039;s stones are placed next to each other, they form a pair which can be threatened with a capture, which generally weakens the position for that player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Diagonally aligned stones are generally weaker than horizontally and vertically aligned stones because there are fewer stone placements which create strong shapes available with a diagonal alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Any opening proposal will favor one side or the other, so the goal is to find a reasonably balanced position which one is comfortable playing from either side of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Strategy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;game-tip&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; width:300px; border:solid #aaa 1px; background:#fff; padding:1rem; margin-left:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unless there is a specific reason (such as a capture, capture threat or an open 3) to block an open 3 on the side opposite a capture (g5), it&#039;s better to block on the side of the three where one will be captured (c5).&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:relative; width:280px; height:280px; overflow:hidden; margin:1rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;position:absolute; bottom:0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{goboard9 | starSize=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightc5=blue 5&lt;br /&gt;
| highlightg5=red 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| e3={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| e5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| f5={{blackStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| b2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d2={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| c3={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
| d4={{whiteStone}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If white plays to g5, black can play to b5 and force white to play to c5 anyway. Once black captures white&#039;s pair at b6, black has two aligned stones with b5 and b6.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What can happen if white doesn&#039;t immediately play into the capture at c5 in the illustration on the right is well illustrated by the demonstration of how the pawnbroker shape can be used in Pente at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pente for dummies thread at pente.org:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=4553&amp;amp;tstart=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Differences in Strategies Between Gomoku and Pente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to overlines not winning in gomoku, there are certain board positions which would be a win for one player in gomoku, but the other player would win in Pente. However, a far more common scenario which results in a position which is a win for one player in Pente and the other player in Pente is the threat to capture a double keystone pair in combination with making a 3. Ignoring the stone count on the board and just looking at the position after black&#039;s move to D6 at https://web.archive.org/web/20040131001542/www.playpente.com/pawnbroker.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in gomoku white would win the game, but in Pente black has the win. Boards illustrating these differences in who wins the game can be found at https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232764&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no draws in Pente unlike in gomoku, so a balanced opening proposal isn&#039;t possible for Pente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the potential for a pair to be captured (or threatened with capture) in Pente, it is frequently the case in Pente that forming an x_x with two stones is a better option than creating an xx pair of stones. However, there are some cases where the creation of a pair of stones is correct in Pente; in general, Pente openings for white where white&#039;s best third move involves creating a pair will lead the game towards pair exchanges until white arrives at a favorable stone position after the pair exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For board/game examples and more tips regarding the differences between Pente and gomoku, see also&lt;br /&gt;
https://pente.org/gameServer/forums/thread.jspa?forumID=27&amp;amp;threadID=232770&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Watsu</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>